1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 */ 620 struct Pager { 621 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 622 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 623 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 624 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 625 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 626 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 627 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 628 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 629 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 630 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 631 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 632 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 633 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 634 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 635 636 /************************************************************************** 637 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 638 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 639 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 640 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 641 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 642 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 643 ** "configuration" of the pager. 644 */ 645 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 646 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 647 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 648 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 649 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 650 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 651 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 652 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 653 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 654 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 655 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 656 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 657 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 658 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 659 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 660 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 661 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 662 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 663 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 664 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 665 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 666 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 667 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 668 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 669 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 670 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 671 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 672 673 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 674 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 675 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 676 /* 677 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 678 ***************************************************************************/ 679 680 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 681 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 682 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 683 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 684 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 685 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 686 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 687 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 688 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 689 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 690 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 691 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 693 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 694 #endif 695 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 696 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 698 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 699 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 700 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 701 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 702 #endif 703 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 704 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 706 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 707 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 708 #endif 709 }; 710 711 /* 712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 715 */ 716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 719 720 /* 721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 722 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 723 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 724 */ 725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 729 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 730 #else 731 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 732 #endif 733 734 735 736 /* 737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 738 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 739 ** 740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 741 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 743 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 746 ** journal and ignore it. 747 ** 748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 752 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 756 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 758 */ 759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 760 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 761 }; 762 763 /* 764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 765 ** the following macro. 766 */ 767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 768 769 /* 770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 772 */ 773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 774 775 /* 776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 779 ** out code that would never execute. 780 */ 781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 782 # define MEMDB 0 783 #else 784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 785 #endif 786 787 /* 788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 790 */ 791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 793 #else 794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 795 #endif 796 797 /* 798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 799 */ 800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 801 802 /* 803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 805 ** 806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 807 ** 808 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 809 ** 810 ** instead of 811 ** 812 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 813 */ 814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 815 816 /* 817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno. 818 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database. 819 */ 820 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ) 821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 822 u32 iRead = 0; 823 int rc; 824 if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0; 825 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 826 return rc || iRead; 827 } 828 #endif 829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 831 #else 832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 837 #endif 838 839 #ifndef NDEBUG 840 /* 841 ** Usage: 842 ** 843 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 844 ** 845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 846 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 847 */ 848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 849 Pager *pPager = p; 850 851 /* State must be valid. */ 852 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 853 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 854 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 855 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 856 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 857 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 858 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 859 ); 860 861 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 862 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 863 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 864 */ 865 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 866 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 867 868 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 869 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 870 */ 871 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 872 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 873 874 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 875 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 876 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 877 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 878 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 879 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 880 ** state. 881 */ 882 if( MEMDB ){ 883 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 884 assert( p->noSync ); 885 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 886 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 887 ); 888 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 889 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 890 } 891 892 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 893 ** on the file. 894 */ 895 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 896 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 897 898 switch( p->eState ){ 899 case PAGER_OPEN: 900 assert( !MEMDB ); 901 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 902 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 903 break; 904 905 case PAGER_READER: 906 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 907 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 908 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 909 break; 910 911 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 912 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 913 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 914 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 915 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 916 } 917 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 918 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 919 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 920 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 921 break; 922 923 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 924 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 925 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 926 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 927 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 928 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 929 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 930 ** to journal_mode=wal. 931 */ 932 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 933 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 934 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 935 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 936 ); 937 } 938 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 939 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 940 break; 941 942 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 943 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 944 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 945 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 946 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 947 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 948 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 949 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 950 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 951 ); 952 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 953 break; 954 955 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 956 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 957 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 958 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 959 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 961 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 962 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 963 ); 964 break; 965 966 case PAGER_ERROR: 967 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 968 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 969 ** back to OPEN state. 970 */ 971 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 972 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 973 break; 974 } 975 976 return 1; 977 } 978 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 979 980 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 981 /* 982 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 983 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 984 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 985 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 986 ** 987 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 988 */ 989 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 990 static char zRet[1024]; 991 992 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 993 "Filename: %s\n" 994 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 995 "Lock: %s\n" 996 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 997 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 998 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 999 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1000 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1001 , p->zFilename 1002 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1003 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1004 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1005 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1006 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1007 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1008 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1009 , (int)p->errCode 1010 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1011 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1012 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1013 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1014 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1015 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1016 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1017 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1018 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1019 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1020 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1021 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1022 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1023 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1024 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1025 ); 1026 1027 return zRet; 1028 } 1029 #endif 1030 1031 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1032 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1033 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1034 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1035 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1036 #endif 1037 1038 /* 1039 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1040 ** content from the pager. 1041 */ 1042 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1043 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1044 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1045 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1046 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1047 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1048 && pPager->xCodec==0 1049 #endif 1050 ){ 1051 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1052 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1053 }else{ 1054 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1055 } 1056 } 1057 1058 /* 1059 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1060 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1061 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1062 ** 1063 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1064 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1065 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1066 */ 1067 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1068 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1069 PagerSavepoint *p; 1070 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1071 int i; 1072 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1073 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1074 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1075 return 1; 1076 } 1077 } 1078 return 0; 1079 } 1080 1081 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1082 /* 1083 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1084 */ 1085 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1086 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1087 } 1088 #endif 1089 1090 /* 1091 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1092 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1093 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1094 ** 1095 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1096 */ 1097 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1098 unsigned char ac[4]; 1099 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1100 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1101 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1102 } 1103 return rc; 1104 } 1105 1106 /* 1107 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1108 */ 1109 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1110 1111 1112 /* 1113 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1114 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1115 */ 1116 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1117 char ac[4]; 1118 put32bits(ac, val); 1119 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1120 } 1121 1122 /* 1123 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1124 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1125 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1126 ** 1127 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1128 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1129 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1130 */ 1131 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1132 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1133 1134 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1135 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1136 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1137 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1138 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1139 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1140 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1141 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1142 } 1143 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1144 } 1145 return rc; 1146 } 1147 1148 /* 1149 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1150 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1151 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1152 ** 1153 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1154 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1155 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1156 ** of this. 1157 */ 1158 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1159 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1160 1161 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1162 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1163 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1164 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1165 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1166 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1167 } 1168 } 1169 return rc; 1170 } 1171 1172 /* 1173 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or 1174 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The 1175 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: 1176 ** 1177 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1178 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1179 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1180 ** to the page size. 1181 ** 1182 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 1183 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1184 ** 1185 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() 1186 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is 1187 ** returned in this case. 1188 ** 1189 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. 1190 */ 1191 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1192 assert( !MEMDB ); 1193 1194 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ 1195 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) 1196 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1197 1198 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1199 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1200 #endif 1201 1202 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 1203 if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){ 1204 return -1; 1205 } 1206 #endif 1207 1208 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1209 { 1210 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1211 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1212 1213 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1214 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1215 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1216 return 0; 1217 } 1218 } 1219 1220 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1221 #endif 1222 1223 return 0; 1224 } 1225 1226 /* 1227 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1228 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1229 ** and debugging only. 1230 */ 1231 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1232 /* 1233 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1234 */ 1235 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1236 u32 hash = 0; 1237 int i; 1238 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1239 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1240 } 1241 return hash; 1242 } 1243 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1244 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1245 } 1246 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1247 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1248 } 1249 1250 /* 1251 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1252 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1253 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1254 */ 1255 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1256 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1257 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1258 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1259 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1260 } 1261 1262 #else 1263 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1264 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1265 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1266 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1267 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1268 1269 /* 1270 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1271 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1272 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1273 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1274 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1275 ** 1276 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1277 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1278 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1279 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1280 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1281 ** were present in the journal. 1282 ** 1283 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1284 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1285 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1286 ** journal file name. 1287 ** 1288 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1289 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1290 ** 1291 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1292 ** error code is returned. 1293 */ 1294 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1295 int rc; /* Return code */ 1296 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1297 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1298 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1299 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1300 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1301 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1302 1303 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1304 || szJ<16 1305 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1306 || len>=nMaster 1307 || len==0 1308 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1309 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1310 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1311 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1312 ){ 1313 return rc; 1314 } 1315 1316 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1317 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1318 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1319 } 1320 if( cksum ){ 1321 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1322 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1323 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1324 ** master-journal filename. 1325 */ 1326 len = 0; 1327 } 1328 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1329 1330 return SQLITE_OK; 1331 } 1332 1333 /* 1334 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1335 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1336 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1337 ** 1338 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1339 ** 1340 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1341 ** --------------------------------------- 1342 ** 0 0 1343 ** 512 512 1344 ** 100 512 1345 ** 2000 2048 1346 ** 1347 */ 1348 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1349 i64 offset = 0; 1350 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1351 if( c ){ 1352 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1353 } 1354 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1355 assert( offset>=c ); 1356 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1357 return offset; 1358 } 1359 1360 /* 1361 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1362 ** 1363 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1364 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1365 ** 1366 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1367 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1368 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1369 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1370 ** after writing or truncating it. 1371 ** 1372 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1373 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1374 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1375 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1376 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1377 ** 1378 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1379 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1380 */ 1381 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1382 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1383 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1384 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1385 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1386 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1387 1388 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1389 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1390 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1391 }else{ 1392 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1393 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1394 } 1395 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1396 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1397 } 1398 1399 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1400 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1401 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1402 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1403 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1404 */ 1405 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1406 i64 sz; 1407 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1408 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1409 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1410 } 1411 } 1412 } 1413 return rc; 1414 } 1415 1416 /* 1417 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1418 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1419 ** current location. 1420 ** 1421 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1422 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1423 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1424 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1425 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1426 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1427 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1428 ** 1429 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1430 */ 1431 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1432 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1433 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1434 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1435 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1436 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1437 1438 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1439 1440 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1441 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1442 } 1443 1444 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1445 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1446 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1447 */ 1448 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1449 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1450 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1451 } 1452 } 1453 1454 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1455 1456 /* 1457 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1458 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1459 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1460 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1461 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1462 ** 1463 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1464 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1465 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1466 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1467 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1468 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1469 ** 1470 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1471 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1472 ** 1473 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1474 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1475 */ 1476 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1477 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1478 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1479 ){ 1480 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1481 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1482 }else{ 1483 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1484 } 1485 1486 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1487 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1488 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1489 /* The initial database size */ 1490 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1491 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1492 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1493 1494 /* The page size */ 1495 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1496 1497 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1498 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1499 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1500 ** take the performance hit. 1501 */ 1502 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1503 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1504 1505 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1506 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1507 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1508 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1509 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1510 ** 1511 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1512 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1513 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1514 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1515 ** is done. 1516 ** 1517 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1518 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1519 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1520 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1521 */ 1522 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1523 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1524 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1525 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1526 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1527 } 1528 1529 return rc; 1530 } 1531 1532 /* 1533 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1534 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1535 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1536 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1537 ** a description of the journal header format. 1538 ** 1539 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1540 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1541 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1542 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1543 ** in this case. 1544 ** 1545 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1546 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1547 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1548 */ 1549 static int readJournalHdr( 1550 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1551 int isHot, 1552 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1553 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1554 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1555 ){ 1556 int rc; /* Return code */ 1557 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1558 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1559 1560 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1561 1562 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1563 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1564 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1565 */ 1566 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1567 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1568 return SQLITE_DONE; 1569 } 1570 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1571 1572 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1573 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1574 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1575 ** proceed. 1576 */ 1577 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1578 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1579 if( rc ){ 1580 return rc; 1581 } 1582 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1583 return SQLITE_DONE; 1584 } 1585 } 1586 1587 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1588 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1589 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1590 */ 1591 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1592 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1593 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1594 ){ 1595 return rc; 1596 } 1597 1598 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1599 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1600 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1601 1602 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1603 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1604 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1605 ){ 1606 return rc; 1607 } 1608 1609 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1610 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1611 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1612 */ 1613 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1614 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1615 } 1616 1617 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1618 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1619 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1620 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1621 */ 1622 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1623 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1624 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1625 ){ 1626 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1627 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1628 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1629 ** the journal file here. 1630 */ 1631 return SQLITE_DONE; 1632 } 1633 1634 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1635 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1636 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1637 */ 1638 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1639 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1640 1641 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1642 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1643 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1644 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1645 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1646 */ 1647 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1648 } 1649 1650 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1651 return rc; 1652 } 1653 1654 1655 /* 1656 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1657 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1658 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1659 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1660 ** anything is written. The format is: 1661 ** 1662 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1663 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1664 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1665 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1666 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1667 ** 1668 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1669 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1670 ** 1671 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1672 ** this call is a no-op. 1673 */ 1674 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1675 int rc; /* Return code */ 1676 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1677 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1678 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1679 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1680 1681 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1682 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1683 1684 if( !zMaster 1685 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1686 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1687 ){ 1688 return SQLITE_OK; 1689 } 1690 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1691 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1692 1693 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1694 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1695 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1696 } 1697 1698 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1699 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1700 ** the journal has already been synced. 1701 */ 1702 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1703 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1704 } 1705 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1706 1707 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1708 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1709 */ 1710 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1711 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1712 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1713 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1714 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1715 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1716 ){ 1717 return rc; 1718 } 1719 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1720 1721 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1722 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1723 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1724 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1725 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1726 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1727 ** 1728 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1729 ** file to the required size. 1730 */ 1731 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1732 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1733 ){ 1734 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1735 } 1736 return rc; 1737 } 1738 1739 /* 1740 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1741 */ 1742 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1743 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1744 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1745 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1746 } 1747 1748 /* 1749 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1750 */ 1751 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1752 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1753 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1754 } 1755 1756 /* 1757 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1758 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1759 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1760 */ 1761 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1762 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1763 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1764 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1765 } 1766 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1767 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1768 } 1769 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1770 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1771 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1772 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1773 } 1774 1775 /* 1776 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1777 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1778 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1779 */ 1780 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1781 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1782 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1783 1784 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1785 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1786 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1787 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1788 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1789 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1790 } 1791 } 1792 return rc; 1793 } 1794 1795 /* 1796 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1797 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1798 ** state. 1799 ** 1800 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1801 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1802 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1803 ** closed (if it is open). 1804 ** 1805 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1806 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1807 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1808 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1809 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1810 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1811 */ 1812 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1813 1814 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1815 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1816 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1817 ); 1818 1819 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1820 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1821 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1822 1823 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1824 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1825 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1826 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1827 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1828 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1829 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1830 1831 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1832 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1833 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1834 ** out from under us. 1835 */ 1836 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1837 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1838 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1839 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1840 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1841 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1842 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1843 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1844 ){ 1845 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1846 } 1847 1848 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1849 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1850 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1851 ** is necessary. 1852 */ 1853 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1854 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1855 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1856 } 1857 1858 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1859 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1860 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1861 */ 1862 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1863 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1864 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1865 } 1866 1867 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1868 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1869 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1870 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1871 */ 1872 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1873 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1874 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1875 pager_reset(pPager); 1876 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1877 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1878 }else{ 1879 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1880 } 1881 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1882 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1883 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1884 } 1885 1886 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1887 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1888 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1889 } 1890 1891 /* 1892 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1893 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1894 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1895 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1896 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1897 ** 1898 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1899 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1900 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1901 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1902 ** 1903 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1904 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1905 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1906 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1907 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1908 ** it were a hot-journal). 1909 */ 1910 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1911 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1912 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1913 assert( 1914 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1915 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1916 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1917 ); 1918 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1919 pPager->errCode = rc; 1920 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1921 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1922 } 1923 return rc; 1924 } 1925 1926 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1927 1928 /* 1929 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1930 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1931 ** 1932 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1933 ** 1934 ** Rules: 1935 ** 1936 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1937 ** for transactions to be durable. 1938 ** 1939 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1940 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1941 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1942 ** cache size. 1943 */ 1944 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1945 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1946 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1947 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1948 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1949 } 1950 1951 /* 1952 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1953 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1954 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1955 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1956 ** database transaction. 1957 ** 1958 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1959 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1960 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1961 ** 1962 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1963 ** 1964 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1965 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1966 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1967 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1968 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1969 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1970 ** 1971 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1972 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1973 ** in-memory journal. 1974 ** 1975 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1976 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1977 ** 1978 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1979 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1980 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1981 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1982 ** 1983 ** journalMode==DELETE 1984 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1985 ** 1986 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1987 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1988 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1989 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1990 ** 1991 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1992 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1993 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1994 ** 1995 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1996 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1997 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1998 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1999 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 2000 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 2001 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 2002 ** returned. 2003 */ 2004 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 2005 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 2006 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 2007 2008 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 2009 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 2010 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 2011 ** held under two circumstances: 2012 ** 2013 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2014 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2015 ** 2016 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2017 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2018 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2019 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2020 */ 2021 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2022 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2023 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2024 return SQLITE_OK; 2025 } 2026 2027 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2028 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 2029 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 2030 ); 2031 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2032 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2033 2034 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2035 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2036 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2037 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2038 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2039 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2040 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2041 }else{ 2042 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2043 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2044 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2045 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2046 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2047 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2048 */ 2049 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2050 } 2051 } 2052 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2053 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2054 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2055 ){ 2056 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2057 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2058 }else{ 2059 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2060 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2061 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2062 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2063 */ 2064 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2065 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2066 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2067 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2068 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2069 ); 2070 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2071 if( bDelete ){ 2072 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2073 } 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2078 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2079 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2080 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2081 if( p ){ 2082 p->pageHash = 0; 2083 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2084 } 2085 } 2086 #endif 2087 2088 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2089 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2090 pPager->nRec = 0; 2091 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2092 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2093 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2094 }else{ 2095 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2096 } 2097 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2098 } 2099 2100 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2101 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2102 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2103 ** lock held on the database file. 2104 */ 2105 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2106 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2107 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2108 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2109 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2110 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2111 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2112 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2113 ** required size. */ 2114 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2115 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2116 } 2117 2118 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2119 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2120 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2121 } 2122 2123 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2124 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2125 ){ 2126 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2127 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2128 } 2129 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2130 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2131 2132 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2133 } 2134 2135 /* 2136 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2137 ** database file. 2138 ** 2139 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2140 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2141 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2142 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2143 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2144 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2145 ** will roll it back. 2146 ** 2147 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2148 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2149 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2150 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2151 */ 2152 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2153 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2154 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2155 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2156 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2157 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2158 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2159 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2160 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2161 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2162 } 2163 } 2164 pager_unlock(pPager); 2165 } 2166 2167 /* 2168 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2169 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2170 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2171 ** 2172 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2173 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2174 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2175 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2176 ** 2177 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2178 ** incompatible journal file format. 2179 ** 2180 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2181 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2182 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2183 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2184 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2185 */ 2186 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2187 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2188 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2189 while( i>0 ){ 2190 cksum += aData[i]; 2191 i -= 200; 2192 } 2193 return cksum; 2194 } 2195 2196 /* 2197 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2198 ** to the codec. 2199 */ 2200 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2201 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2202 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2203 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2204 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2205 } 2206 } 2207 #else 2208 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2209 #endif 2210 2211 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2212 /* 2213 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2214 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2215 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2216 */ 2217 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2218 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2219 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2220 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2221 } 2222 } 2223 #endif 2224 2225 /* 2226 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2227 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2228 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2229 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2230 ** 2231 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2232 ** not. 2233 ** 2234 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2235 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2236 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2237 ** 2238 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2239 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2240 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2241 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2242 ** prior to returning. 2243 ** 2244 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2245 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2246 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2247 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2248 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2249 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2250 ** two circumstances: 2251 ** 2252 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2253 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2254 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2255 ** 2256 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2257 ** 2258 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2259 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2260 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2261 */ 2262 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2263 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2264 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2265 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2266 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2267 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2268 ){ 2269 int rc; 2270 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2271 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2272 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2273 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2274 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2275 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2276 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2277 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through 2278 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ 2279 const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); 2280 #endif 2281 2282 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2283 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2284 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2285 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2286 2287 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2288 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2289 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2290 2291 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2292 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2293 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2294 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2295 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2296 */ 2297 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2298 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2299 ); 2300 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2301 2302 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2303 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2304 */ 2305 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2306 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2307 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2308 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2309 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2310 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2311 2312 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2313 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2314 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2315 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2316 */ 2317 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2318 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2319 return SQLITE_DONE; 2320 } 2321 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2322 return SQLITE_OK; 2323 } 2324 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2325 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2326 if( rc ) return rc; 2327 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2328 return SQLITE_DONE; 2329 } 2330 } 2331 2332 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2333 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2334 */ 2335 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2336 return rc; 2337 } 2338 2339 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2340 */ 2341 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2342 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2343 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2344 } 2345 2346 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2347 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2348 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2349 ** 2350 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2351 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2352 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2353 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2354 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2355 ** assert()able. 2356 ** 2357 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2358 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2359 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2360 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2361 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2362 ** 2363 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2364 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2365 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2366 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2367 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2368 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2369 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2370 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2371 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2372 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2373 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2374 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2375 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2376 ** 2377 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2378 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2379 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2380 */ 2381 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2382 pPg = 0; 2383 }else{ 2384 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2385 } 2386 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2387 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2388 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2389 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2390 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2391 )); 2392 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2393 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2394 }else{ 2395 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2396 } 2397 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2398 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2399 && isSynced 2400 ){ 2401 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2402 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2403 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2404 2405 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2406 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2407 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2408 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2409 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2410 ** file. */ 2411 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2412 if( !jrnlEnc ){ 2413 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2414 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2415 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2416 }else 2417 #endif 2418 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2419 2420 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2421 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2422 } 2423 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2424 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2425 if( jrnlEnc ){ 2426 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2427 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2428 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); 2429 }else 2430 #endif 2431 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2432 } 2433 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2434 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2435 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2436 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2437 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2438 ** current. 2439 ** 2440 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2441 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2442 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2443 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2444 ** 2445 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2446 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2447 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2448 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2449 */ 2450 assert( isSavepnt ); 2451 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2452 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2453 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2454 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2455 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2456 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2457 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2458 } 2459 if( pPg ){ 2460 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2461 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2462 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2463 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2464 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2465 */ 2466 void *pData; 2467 pData = pPg->pData; 2468 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2469 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2470 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2471 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2472 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2473 ** has been removed. */ 2474 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2475 2476 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2477 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2478 if( pgno==1 ){ 2479 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2480 } 2481 2482 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2483 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2484 if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } 2485 #endif 2486 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2487 } 2488 return rc; 2489 } 2490 2491 /* 2492 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2493 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2494 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2495 ** and does so if it is. 2496 ** 2497 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2498 ** available for use within this function. 2499 ** 2500 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2501 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2502 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2503 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2504 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2505 ** 2506 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2507 ** 2508 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2509 ** journals have been rolled back. 2510 ** 2511 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2512 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2513 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2514 ** 2515 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2516 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2517 ** file zMaster 2518 ** 2519 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2520 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2521 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2522 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2523 ** 2524 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2525 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2526 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2527 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2528 ** 2529 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2530 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2531 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2532 ** size. 2533 */ 2534 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2535 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2536 int rc; /* Return code */ 2537 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2538 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2539 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2540 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2541 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2542 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2543 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2544 2545 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2546 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2547 */ 2548 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2549 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2550 if( !pMaster ){ 2551 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2552 }else{ 2553 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2554 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2555 } 2556 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2557 2558 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2559 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2560 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2561 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2562 */ 2563 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2564 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2565 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2566 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2567 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2568 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2569 goto delmaster_out; 2570 } 2571 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2572 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2573 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2574 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2575 2576 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2577 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2578 int exists; 2579 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2580 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2581 goto delmaster_out; 2582 } 2583 if( exists ){ 2584 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2585 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2586 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2587 */ 2588 int c; 2589 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2590 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2591 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2592 goto delmaster_out; 2593 } 2594 2595 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2596 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2597 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2598 goto delmaster_out; 2599 } 2600 2601 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2602 if( c ){ 2603 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2604 goto delmaster_out; 2605 } 2606 } 2607 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2608 } 2609 2610 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2611 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2612 2613 delmaster_out: 2614 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2615 if( pMaster ){ 2616 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2617 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2618 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2619 } 2620 return rc; 2621 } 2622 2623 2624 /* 2625 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2626 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2627 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2628 ** 2629 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2630 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2631 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2632 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2633 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2634 ** 2635 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2636 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2637 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2638 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2639 ** the end of the new file instead. 2640 ** 2641 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2642 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2643 */ 2644 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2645 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2646 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2647 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2648 2649 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2650 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2651 ){ 2652 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2653 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2654 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2655 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2656 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2657 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2658 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2659 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2660 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2661 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2662 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2663 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2664 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2665 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2666 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2667 } 2668 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2669 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2670 } 2671 } 2672 } 2673 return rc; 2674 } 2675 2676 /* 2677 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2678 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2679 */ 2680 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2681 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2682 if( iRet<32 ){ 2683 iRet = 512; 2684 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2685 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2686 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2687 } 2688 return iRet; 2689 } 2690 2691 /* 2692 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2693 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2694 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2695 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2696 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2697 ** 2698 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2699 ** 2700 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2701 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2702 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2703 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2704 ** 2705 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2706 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2707 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2708 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2709 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2710 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2711 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2712 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2713 */ 2714 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2715 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2716 2717 if( pPager->tempFile 2718 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2719 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2720 ){ 2721 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2722 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2723 ** call will segfault. */ 2724 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2725 }else{ 2726 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2727 } 2728 } 2729 2730 /* 2731 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2732 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2733 ** 2734 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2735 ** 2736 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2737 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2738 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2739 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2740 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2741 ** sanity checksum. 2742 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2743 ** database to during a rollback. 2744 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2745 ** is this many bytes in size. 2746 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2747 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2748 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2749 ** + 4 byte page number. 2750 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2751 ** + 4 byte checksum 2752 ** 2753 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2754 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2755 ** 2756 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2757 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2758 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2759 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2760 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2761 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2762 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2763 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2764 ** 2765 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2766 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2767 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2768 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2769 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2770 ** 2771 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2772 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2773 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2774 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2775 ** been encountered. 2776 ** 2777 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2778 ** and an error code is returned. 2779 ** 2780 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2781 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2782 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2783 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2784 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2785 ** needed. 2786 */ 2787 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2788 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2789 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2790 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2791 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2792 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2793 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2794 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2795 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2796 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2797 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2798 2799 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2800 ** the journal is empty. 2801 */ 2802 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2803 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2804 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2805 goto end_playback; 2806 } 2807 2808 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2809 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2810 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2811 ** played back. 2812 ** 2813 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2814 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2815 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2816 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2817 ** for pageSize. 2818 */ 2819 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2820 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2821 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2822 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2823 } 2824 zMaster = 0; 2825 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2826 goto end_playback; 2827 } 2828 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2829 needPagerReset = isHot; 2830 2831 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2832 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2833 ** occurs. 2834 */ 2835 while( 1 ){ 2836 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2837 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2838 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2839 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2840 */ 2841 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2842 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2843 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2844 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2845 } 2846 goto end_playback; 2847 } 2848 2849 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2850 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2851 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2852 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2853 */ 2854 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2855 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2856 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2857 } 2858 2859 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2860 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2861 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2862 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2863 ** size of the file. 2864 ** 2865 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2866 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2867 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2868 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2869 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2870 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2871 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2872 */ 2873 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2874 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2875 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2876 } 2877 2878 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2879 ** database file back to its original size. 2880 */ 2881 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2882 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2883 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2884 goto end_playback; 2885 } 2886 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2887 } 2888 2889 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2890 ** database file and/or page cache. 2891 */ 2892 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2893 if( needPagerReset ){ 2894 pager_reset(pPager); 2895 needPagerReset = 0; 2896 } 2897 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2898 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2899 nPlayback++; 2900 }else{ 2901 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2902 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2903 break; 2904 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2905 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2906 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2907 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2908 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2909 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2910 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2911 goto end_playback; 2912 }else{ 2913 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2914 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2915 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2916 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2917 */ 2918 goto end_playback; 2919 } 2920 } 2921 } 2922 } 2923 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2924 assert( 0 ); 2925 2926 end_playback: 2927 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2928 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2929 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2930 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2931 */ 2932 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2933 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2934 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2935 } 2936 #endif 2937 2938 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2939 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2940 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2941 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2942 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2943 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2944 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2945 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2946 */ 2947 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2948 2949 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2950 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2951 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2952 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2953 } 2954 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2955 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2956 ){ 2957 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2958 } 2959 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2960 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2961 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2962 } 2963 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2964 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2965 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2966 */ 2967 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2968 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2969 } 2970 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2971 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2972 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2973 } 2974 2975 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2976 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2977 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2978 */ 2979 setSectorSize(pPager); 2980 return rc; 2981 } 2982 2983 2984 /* 2985 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2986 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2987 ** file before this function is called. 2988 ** 2989 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2990 ** the value read from the database file. 2991 ** 2992 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2993 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2994 */ 2995 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2996 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2997 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2998 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2999 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 3000 3001 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 3002 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3003 3004 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3005 if( iFrame ){ 3006 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 3007 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 3008 }else 3009 #endif 3010 { 3011 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 3012 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 3013 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3014 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3015 } 3016 } 3017 3018 if( pgno==1 ){ 3019 if( rc ){ 3020 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 3021 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 3022 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 3023 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 3024 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 3025 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 3026 ** 3027 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 3028 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3029 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3030 ** we should still be ok. 3031 */ 3032 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3033 }else{ 3034 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3035 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3036 } 3037 } 3038 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 3039 3040 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3041 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3042 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 3043 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3044 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3045 3046 return rc; 3047 } 3048 3049 /* 3050 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3051 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3052 ** 3053 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3054 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3055 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3056 */ 3057 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3058 u32 change_counter; 3059 3060 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3061 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3062 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3063 3064 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3065 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3066 ** is valid. */ 3067 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3068 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3069 } 3070 3071 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3072 /* 3073 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3074 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3075 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3076 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3077 ** 3078 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3079 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3080 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3081 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3082 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3083 */ 3084 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3085 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3086 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3087 PgHdr *pPg; 3088 3089 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3090 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3091 if( pPg ){ 3092 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3093 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3094 }else{ 3095 u32 iFrame = 0; 3096 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3097 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3098 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3099 } 3100 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3101 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3102 } 3103 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3104 } 3105 } 3106 3107 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3108 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3109 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3110 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3111 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3112 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3113 ** the backups must be restarted. 3114 */ 3115 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3116 3117 return rc; 3118 } 3119 3120 /* 3121 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3122 */ 3123 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3124 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3125 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3126 3127 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3128 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3129 ** following: 3130 ** 3131 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3132 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3133 */ 3134 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3135 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3136 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3137 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3138 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3139 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3140 pList = pNext; 3141 } 3142 3143 return rc; 3144 } 3145 3146 /* 3147 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3148 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3149 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3150 ** changed. 3151 ** 3152 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3153 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3154 */ 3155 static int pagerWalFrames( 3156 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3157 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3158 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3159 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3160 ){ 3161 int rc; /* Return code */ 3162 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3163 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3164 3165 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3166 assert( pList ); 3167 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3168 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3169 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3170 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3171 } 3172 #endif 3173 3174 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3175 if( isCommit ){ 3176 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3177 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3178 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3179 ** list here. */ 3180 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3181 nList = 0; 3182 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3183 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3184 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3185 nList++; 3186 } 3187 } 3188 assert( pList ); 3189 }else{ 3190 nList = 1; 3191 } 3192 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3193 3194 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3195 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3196 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3197 ); 3198 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3199 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3200 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3201 } 3202 } 3203 3204 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3205 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3206 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3207 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3208 } 3209 #endif 3210 3211 return rc; 3212 } 3213 3214 /* 3215 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3216 ** 3217 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3218 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3219 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3220 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3221 */ 3222 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3223 int rc; /* Return code */ 3224 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3225 3226 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3227 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3228 3229 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3230 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3231 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3232 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3233 */ 3234 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3235 3236 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3237 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3238 pager_reset(pPager); 3239 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3240 } 3241 3242 return rc; 3243 } 3244 #endif 3245 3246 /* 3247 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3248 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3249 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3250 ** 3251 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3252 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3253 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3254 */ 3255 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3256 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3257 3258 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3259 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3260 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3261 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3262 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3263 */ 3264 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3265 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3266 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3267 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3268 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3269 3270 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3271 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3272 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3273 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3274 */ 3275 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3276 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3277 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3278 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3279 return rc; 3280 } 3281 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3282 } 3283 3284 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3285 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3286 ** that the file can be read. 3287 */ 3288 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3289 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3290 } 3291 3292 *pnPage = nPage; 3293 return SQLITE_OK; 3294 } 3295 3296 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3297 /* 3298 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3299 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3300 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3301 ** 3302 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3303 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3304 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3305 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3306 ** 3307 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3308 ** 3309 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3310 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3311 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3312 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3313 ** other connection. 3314 */ 3315 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3316 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3317 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3318 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3319 3320 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3321 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3322 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3323 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3324 ); 3325 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3326 if( isWal ){ 3327 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3328 3329 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3330 if( rc ) return rc; 3331 if( nPage==0 ){ 3332 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3333 }else{ 3334 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3335 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3336 } 3337 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3338 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3339 } 3340 } 3341 } 3342 return rc; 3343 } 3344 #endif 3345 3346 /* 3347 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3348 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3349 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3350 ** savepoint. 3351 ** 3352 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3353 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3354 ** performed in the order specified: 3355 ** 3356 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3357 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3358 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3359 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3360 ** 3361 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3362 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3363 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3364 ** 3365 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3366 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3367 ** the journal file. 3368 ** 3369 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3370 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3371 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3372 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3373 ** 3374 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3375 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3376 ** 3377 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3378 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3379 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3380 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3381 */ 3382 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3383 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3384 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3385 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3386 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3387 3388 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3389 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3390 3391 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3392 if( pSavepoint ){ 3393 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3394 if( !pDone ){ 3395 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3396 } 3397 } 3398 3399 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3400 ** being reverted was opened. 3401 */ 3402 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3403 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3404 3405 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3406 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3407 } 3408 3409 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3410 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3411 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3412 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3413 */ 3414 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3415 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3416 3417 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3418 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3419 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3420 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3421 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3422 ** are played back. 3423 */ 3424 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3425 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3426 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3427 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3428 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3429 } 3430 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3431 }else{ 3432 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3433 } 3434 3435 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3436 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3437 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3438 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3439 */ 3440 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3441 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3442 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3443 u32 dummy; 3444 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3445 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3446 3447 /* 3448 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3449 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3450 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3451 */ 3452 if( nJRec==0 3453 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3454 ){ 3455 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3456 } 3457 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3458 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3459 } 3460 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3461 } 3462 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3463 3464 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3465 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3466 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3467 */ 3468 if( pSavepoint ){ 3469 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3470 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3471 3472 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3473 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3474 } 3475 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3476 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3477 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3478 } 3479 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3480 } 3481 3482 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3483 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3484 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3485 } 3486 3487 return rc; 3488 } 3489 3490 /* 3491 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3492 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3493 */ 3494 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3495 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3496 } 3497 3498 /* 3499 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3500 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3501 */ 3502 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3503 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3504 } 3505 3506 /* 3507 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3508 */ 3509 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3510 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3511 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3512 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3513 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3514 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3515 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3516 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3517 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3518 } 3519 #endif 3520 } 3521 3522 /* 3523 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3524 */ 3525 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3526 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3527 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3528 } 3529 3530 /* 3531 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3532 */ 3533 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3534 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3535 } 3536 3537 /* 3538 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3539 ** 3540 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3541 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3542 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3543 ** There are four levels: 3544 ** 3545 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3546 ** for temporary and transient files. 3547 ** 3548 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3549 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3550 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3551 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3552 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3553 ** when it is rolled back. 3554 ** 3555 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3556 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3557 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3558 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3559 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3560 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3561 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3562 ** 3563 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3564 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3565 ** journal is unlinked. 3566 ** 3567 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3568 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3569 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3570 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3571 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3572 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3573 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3574 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3575 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3576 ** 3577 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3578 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3579 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3580 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3581 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3582 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3583 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3584 ** 3585 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3586 ** and FULL=3. 3587 */ 3588 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3589 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3590 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3591 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3592 ){ 3593 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3594 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3595 pPager->noSync = 1; 3596 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3597 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3598 }else{ 3599 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3600 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3601 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3602 } 3603 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3604 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3605 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3606 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3607 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3608 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3609 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3610 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3611 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3612 }else{ 3613 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3614 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3615 } 3616 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3617 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3618 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3619 } 3620 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3621 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3622 }else{ 3623 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3624 } 3625 } 3626 #endif 3627 3628 /* 3629 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3630 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3631 ** testing and analysis only. 3632 */ 3633 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3634 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3635 #endif 3636 3637 /* 3638 ** Open a temporary file. 3639 ** 3640 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3641 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3642 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3643 ** 3644 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3645 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3646 ** 3647 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3648 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3649 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3650 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3651 */ 3652 static int pagerOpentemp( 3653 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3654 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3655 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3656 ){ 3657 int rc; /* Return code */ 3658 3659 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3660 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3661 #endif 3662 3663 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3664 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3665 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3666 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3667 return rc; 3668 } 3669 3670 /* 3671 ** Set the busy handler function. 3672 ** 3673 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3674 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3675 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3676 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3677 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3678 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3679 ** 3680 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3681 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3682 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3683 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3684 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3685 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3686 ** 3687 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3688 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3689 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3690 */ 3691 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3692 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3693 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3694 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3695 ){ 3696 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3697 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3698 3699 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3700 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3701 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3702 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3703 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3704 } 3705 } 3706 3707 /* 3708 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3709 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3710 ** 3711 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3712 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3713 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3714 ** 3715 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3716 ** 3717 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3718 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3719 ** 3720 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3721 ** 3722 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3723 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3724 ** 3725 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3726 ** 3727 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3728 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3729 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3730 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3731 ** 3732 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3733 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3734 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3735 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3736 */ 3737 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3738 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3739 3740 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3741 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3742 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3743 ** 3744 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3745 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3746 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3747 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3748 */ 3749 3750 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3751 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3752 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3753 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3754 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3755 ){ 3756 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3757 i64 nByte = 0; 3758 3759 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3760 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3761 } 3762 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3763 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3764 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3765 } 3766 3767 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3768 pager_reset(pPager); 3769 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3770 } 3771 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3772 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3773 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3774 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3775 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3776 }else{ 3777 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3778 } 3779 } 3780 3781 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3782 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3783 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3784 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3785 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3786 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3787 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3788 } 3789 return rc; 3790 } 3791 3792 /* 3793 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3794 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3795 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3796 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3797 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3798 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3799 */ 3800 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3801 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3802 } 3803 3804 /* 3805 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3806 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3807 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3808 ** 3809 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3810 */ 3811 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3812 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3813 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3814 } 3815 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3816 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3817 return pPager->mxPgno; 3818 } 3819 3820 /* 3821 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3822 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3823 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3824 ** 3825 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3826 ** and generate no code. 3827 */ 3828 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3829 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3830 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3831 static int saved_cnt; 3832 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3833 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3834 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3835 } 3836 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3837 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3838 } 3839 #else 3840 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3841 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3842 #endif 3843 3844 /* 3845 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3846 ** that pDest points to. 3847 ** 3848 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3849 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3850 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3851 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3852 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3853 ** 3854 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3855 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3856 ** output buffer undefined. 3857 */ 3858 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3859 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3860 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3861 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3862 3863 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3864 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3865 ** to WAL mode yet. 3866 */ 3867 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3868 3869 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3870 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3871 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3872 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3873 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3874 } 3875 } 3876 return rc; 3877 } 3878 3879 /* 3880 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3881 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3882 ** 3883 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3884 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3885 */ 3886 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3887 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3888 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3889 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3890 } 3891 3892 3893 /* 3894 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3895 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3896 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3897 ** 3898 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3899 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3900 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3901 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3902 ** 3903 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3904 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3905 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3906 */ 3907 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3908 int rc; /* Return code */ 3909 3910 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3911 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3912 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3913 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3914 */ 3915 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3916 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3917 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3918 ); 3919 3920 do { 3921 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3922 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3923 return rc; 3924 } 3925 3926 /* 3927 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3928 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3929 ** 3930 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3931 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3932 ** 3933 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3934 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3935 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3936 ** 3937 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3938 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3939 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3940 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3941 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3942 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3943 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3944 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3945 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3946 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3947 */ 3948 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3949 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3950 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3951 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3952 } 3953 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3954 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3955 } 3956 #else 3957 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3958 #endif 3959 3960 /* 3961 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3962 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3963 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3964 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3965 ** 3966 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3967 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3968 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3969 ** then continue writing to the database. 3970 */ 3971 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3972 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3973 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3974 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3975 3976 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3977 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3978 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3979 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3980 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3981 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3982 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3983 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3984 ** is no longer correct. */ 3985 } 3986 3987 3988 /* 3989 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3990 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3991 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3992 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3993 ** 3994 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3995 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3996 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3997 ** content as this process. 3998 ** 3999 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 4000 ** an SQLite error code. 4001 */ 4002 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4003 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4004 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4005 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 4006 } 4007 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4008 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 4009 } 4010 return rc; 4011 } 4012 4013 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 4014 /* 4015 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 4016 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 4017 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 4018 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 4019 ** *ppPage to zero. 4020 ** 4021 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 4022 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 4023 */ 4024 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4025 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4026 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4027 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4028 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4029 ){ 4030 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4031 4032 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4033 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4034 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4035 p->pDirty = 0; 4036 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4037 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4038 }else{ 4039 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4040 if( p==0 ){ 4041 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4042 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4043 } 4044 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4045 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4046 p->nRef = 1; 4047 p->pPager = pPager; 4048 } 4049 4050 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4051 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4052 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4053 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4054 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4055 4056 p->pgno = pgno; 4057 p->pData = pData; 4058 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4059 4060 return SQLITE_OK; 4061 } 4062 #endif 4063 4064 /* 4065 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4066 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4067 */ 4068 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4069 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4070 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4071 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4072 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4073 4074 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4075 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4076 } 4077 4078 /* 4079 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4080 */ 4081 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4082 PgHdr *p; 4083 PgHdr *pNext; 4084 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4085 pNext = p->pDirty; 4086 sqlite3_free(p); 4087 } 4088 } 4089 4090 4091 /* 4092 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4093 ** 4094 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4095 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4096 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4097 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4098 ** result in a coredump. 4099 ** 4100 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4101 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4102 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4103 ** to the caller. 4104 */ 4105 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4106 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4107 4108 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4109 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4110 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4111 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4112 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4113 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4114 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4115 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4116 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4117 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, 4118 (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp) 4119 ); 4120 pPager->pWal = 0; 4121 #endif 4122 pager_reset(pPager); 4123 if( MEMDB ){ 4124 pager_unlock(pPager); 4125 }else{ 4126 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4127 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4128 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4129 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4130 ** 4131 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4132 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4133 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4134 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4135 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4136 */ 4137 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4138 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4139 } 4140 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4141 } 4142 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4143 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4144 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4145 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4146 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4147 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4148 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4149 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4150 4151 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4152 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4153 #endif 4154 4155 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4156 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4157 4158 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4159 return SQLITE_OK; 4160 } 4161 4162 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4163 /* 4164 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4165 */ 4166 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4167 return pPg->pgno; 4168 } 4169 #endif 4170 4171 /* 4172 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4173 */ 4174 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4175 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4176 } 4177 4178 /* 4179 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4180 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4181 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4182 ** 4183 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4184 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4185 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4186 ** 4187 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4188 ** be taken. 4189 ** 4190 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4191 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4192 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4193 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4194 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4195 ** 4196 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4197 ** journal file is synced. 4198 ** 4199 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4200 ** 4201 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4202 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4203 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4204 ** <update nRec field> 4205 ** } 4206 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4207 ** } 4208 ** 4209 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4210 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4211 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4212 */ 4213 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4214 int rc; /* Return code */ 4215 4216 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4217 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4218 ); 4219 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4220 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4221 4222 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4223 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4224 4225 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4226 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4227 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4228 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4229 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4230 4231 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4232 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4233 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4234 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4235 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4236 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4237 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4238 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4239 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4240 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4241 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4242 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4243 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4244 ** 4245 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4246 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4247 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4248 ** 4249 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4250 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4251 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4252 ** the potential journal header. 4253 */ 4254 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4255 u8 aMagic[8]; 4256 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4257 4258 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4259 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4260 4261 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4262 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4263 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4264 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4265 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4266 } 4267 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4268 return rc; 4269 } 4270 4271 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4272 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4273 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4274 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4275 ** 4276 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4277 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4278 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4279 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4280 ** and never needs to be updated. 4281 */ 4282 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4283 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4284 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4285 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4286 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4287 } 4288 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4289 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4290 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4291 ); 4292 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4293 } 4294 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4295 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4296 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4297 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4298 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4299 ); 4300 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4301 } 4302 4303 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4304 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4305 pPager->nRec = 0; 4306 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4307 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4308 } 4309 }else{ 4310 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4311 } 4312 } 4313 4314 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4315 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4316 ** all pages. 4317 */ 4318 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4319 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4320 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4321 return SQLITE_OK; 4322 } 4323 4324 /* 4325 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4326 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4327 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4328 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4329 ** a no-op. 4330 ** 4331 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4332 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4333 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4334 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4335 ** 4336 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4337 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4338 ** written out. 4339 ** 4340 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4341 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4342 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4343 ** 4344 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4345 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4346 ** 4347 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4348 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4349 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4350 ** the database file. 4351 ** 4352 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4353 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4354 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4355 */ 4356 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4357 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4358 4359 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4360 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4361 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4362 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4363 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4364 4365 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4366 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4367 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4368 */ 4369 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4370 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4371 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4372 } 4373 4374 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4375 ** file size will be. 4376 */ 4377 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4378 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4379 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4380 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4381 ){ 4382 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4383 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4384 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4385 } 4386 4387 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4388 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4389 4390 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4391 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4392 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4393 ** any such pages to the file. 4394 ** 4395 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4396 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4397 */ 4398 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4399 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4400 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4401 4402 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4403 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4404 4405 /* Encode the database */ 4406 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4407 4408 /* Write out the page data. */ 4409 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4410 4411 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4412 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4413 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4414 */ 4415 if( pgno==1 ){ 4416 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4417 } 4418 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4419 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4420 } 4421 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4422 4423 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4424 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4425 4426 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4427 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4428 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4429 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4430 }else{ 4431 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4432 } 4433 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4434 pList = pList->pDirty; 4435 } 4436 4437 return rc; 4438 } 4439 4440 /* 4441 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4442 ** function is a no-op. 4443 ** 4444 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4445 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4446 ** fails. 4447 */ 4448 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4449 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4450 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4451 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4452 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4453 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4454 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4455 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4456 nStmtSpill = -1; 4457 } 4458 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4459 } 4460 return rc; 4461 } 4462 4463 /* 4464 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4465 ** 4466 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4467 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4468 ** 4469 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4470 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4471 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4472 ** bitvec. 4473 */ 4474 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4475 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4476 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4477 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4478 4479 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4480 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4481 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4482 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4483 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4484 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4485 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4486 ); 4487 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4488 4489 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4490 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4491 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4492 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4493 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4494 char *pData2; 4495 4496 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4497 if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4498 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4499 }else 4500 #endif 4501 pData2 = pData; 4502 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4503 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4504 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4505 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4506 } 4507 } 4508 } 4509 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4510 pPager->nSubRec++; 4511 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4512 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4513 } 4514 return rc; 4515 } 4516 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4517 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4518 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4519 }else{ 4520 return SQLITE_OK; 4521 } 4522 } 4523 4524 /* 4525 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4526 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4527 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4528 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4529 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4530 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4531 ** argument. 4532 ** 4533 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4534 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4535 ** journal file. 4536 ** 4537 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4538 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4539 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4540 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4541 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4542 */ 4543 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4544 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4545 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4546 4547 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4548 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4549 4550 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4551 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4552 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4553 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4554 ** 4555 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4556 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4557 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4558 ** 4559 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4560 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4561 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4562 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4563 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4564 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4565 */ 4566 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4567 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4568 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4569 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4570 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4571 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4572 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4573 ){ 4574 return SQLITE_OK; 4575 } 4576 4577 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4578 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4579 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4580 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4581 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4582 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4583 } 4584 }else{ 4585 4586 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 4587 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 4588 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 4589 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4590 } 4591 #endif 4592 4593 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4594 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4595 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4596 ){ 4597 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4598 } 4599 4600 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4601 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4602 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4603 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4604 } 4605 } 4606 4607 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4608 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4609 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4610 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4611 } 4612 4613 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4614 } 4615 4616 /* 4617 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4618 */ 4619 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4620 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4621 if( !MEMDB ){ 4622 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4623 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4624 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4625 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4626 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4627 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4628 } 4629 pList = pNext; 4630 } 4631 } 4632 4633 return rc; 4634 } 4635 4636 /* 4637 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4638 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4639 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4640 ** 4641 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4642 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4643 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4644 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4645 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4646 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4647 ** 4648 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4649 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4650 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4651 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4652 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4653 ** 4654 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4655 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4656 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4657 ** 4658 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4659 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4660 ** 4661 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4662 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4663 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4664 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4665 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4666 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4667 */ 4668 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4669 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4670 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4671 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4672 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4673 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4674 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4675 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4676 ){ 4677 u8 *pPtr; 4678 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4679 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4680 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4681 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4682 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4683 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4684 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4685 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4686 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4687 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4688 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4689 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4690 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4691 4692 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4693 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4694 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4695 4696 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4697 *ppPager = 0; 4698 4699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4700 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4701 memDb = 1; 4702 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4703 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4704 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4705 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4706 zFilename = 0; 4707 } 4708 } 4709 #endif 4710 4711 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4712 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4713 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4714 */ 4715 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4716 const char *z; 4717 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4718 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4719 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4720 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4721 } 4722 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4723 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4724 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4725 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4726 while( *z ){ 4727 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4728 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4729 } 4730 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4731 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4732 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4733 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4734 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4735 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4736 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4737 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4738 */ 4739 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4740 } 4741 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4742 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4743 return rc; 4744 } 4745 } 4746 4747 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4748 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4749 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4750 ** 4751 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4752 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4753 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4754 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4755 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4756 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4757 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4758 */ 4759 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4760 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4761 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4762 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4763 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4764 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4765 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4766 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4767 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4768 #endif 4769 ); 4770 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4771 if( !pPtr ){ 4772 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4773 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4774 } 4775 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4776 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4777 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4778 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4779 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4780 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4781 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4782 4783 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4784 if( zPathname ){ 4785 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4786 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4787 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4788 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4789 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4790 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4791 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4792 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4793 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4794 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4795 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4796 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4797 #endif 4798 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4799 } 4800 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4801 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4802 4803 /* Open the pager file. 4804 */ 4805 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4806 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4807 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4808 assert( !memDb ); 4809 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4810 4811 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4812 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4813 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4814 ** 4815 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4816 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4817 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4818 */ 4819 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4820 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4821 if( !readOnly ){ 4822 setSectorSize(pPager); 4823 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4824 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4825 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4826 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4827 }else{ 4828 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4829 } 4830 } 4831 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4832 { 4833 int ii; 4834 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4835 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4836 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4837 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4838 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4839 szPageDflt = ii; 4840 } 4841 } 4842 } 4843 #endif 4844 } 4845 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4846 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4847 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4848 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4849 goto act_like_temp_file; 4850 } 4851 } 4852 }else{ 4853 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4854 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4855 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4856 ** 4857 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4858 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4859 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4860 ** 4861 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4862 */ 4863 act_like_temp_file: 4864 tempFile = 1; 4865 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4866 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4867 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4868 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4869 } 4870 4871 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4872 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4873 */ 4874 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4875 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4876 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4877 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4878 } 4879 4880 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4881 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4882 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4883 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4884 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4885 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4886 } 4887 4888 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4889 */ 4890 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4891 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4892 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4893 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4894 return rc; 4895 } 4896 4897 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4898 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4899 4900 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4901 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4902 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4903 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4904 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4905 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4906 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4907 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4908 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4909 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4910 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4911 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4912 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4913 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4914 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4915 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4916 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4917 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4918 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4919 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4920 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4921 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4922 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4923 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4924 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4925 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4926 }else{ 4927 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4928 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4929 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4930 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4931 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4932 } 4933 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4934 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4935 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4936 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4937 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4938 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4939 setSectorSize(pPager); 4940 if( !useJournal ){ 4941 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4942 }else if( memDb ){ 4943 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4944 } 4945 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4946 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4947 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4948 setGetterMethod(pPager); 4949 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4950 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4951 4952 *ppPager = pPager; 4953 return SQLITE_OK; 4954 } 4955 4956 4957 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4958 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4959 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4960 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4961 */ 4962 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4963 int bHasMoved = 0; 4964 int rc; 4965 4966 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4967 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4968 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4969 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4970 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4971 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4972 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4973 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4974 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4975 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4976 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4977 } 4978 return rc; 4979 } 4980 4981 4982 /* 4983 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4984 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4985 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4986 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4987 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4988 ** 4989 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4990 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4991 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4992 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4993 ** 4994 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4995 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4996 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4997 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4998 ** is returned. 4999 ** 5000 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 5001 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 5002 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 5003 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 5004 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 5005 ** will not roll it back. 5006 ** 5007 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 5008 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 5009 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 5010 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 5011 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 5012 */ 5013 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 5014 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5015 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5016 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 5017 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 5018 5019 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 5020 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5021 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5022 5023 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5024 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5025 )); 5026 5027 *pExists = 0; 5028 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5029 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5030 } 5031 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5032 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5033 5034 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5035 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5036 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5037 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5038 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5039 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5040 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5041 */ 5042 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5043 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5044 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5045 5046 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5047 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5048 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5049 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5050 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5051 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5052 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5053 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5054 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5055 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5056 */ 5057 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5058 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5059 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5060 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5061 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5062 } 5063 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5064 }else{ 5065 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5066 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5067 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5068 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5069 ** it can be ignored. 5070 */ 5071 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5072 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5073 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5074 } 5075 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5076 u8 first = 0; 5077 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5078 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5079 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5080 } 5081 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5082 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5083 } 5084 *pExists = (first!=0); 5085 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5086 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5087 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5088 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5089 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5090 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5091 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5092 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5093 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5094 */ 5095 *pExists = 1; 5096 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5097 } 5098 } 5099 } 5100 } 5101 } 5102 5103 return rc; 5104 } 5105 5106 /* 5107 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5108 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5109 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5110 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5111 ** 5112 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5113 ** 5114 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5115 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5116 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5117 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5118 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5119 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5120 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5121 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5122 ** 5123 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5124 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5125 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5126 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5127 ** file. 5128 ** 5129 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5130 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5131 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5132 */ 5133 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5134 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5135 5136 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5137 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5138 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5139 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5140 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5141 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5142 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5143 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5144 5145 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5146 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5147 5148 assert( !MEMDB ); 5149 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5150 5151 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5152 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5153 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5154 goto failed; 5155 } 5156 5157 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5158 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5159 */ 5160 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5161 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5162 } 5163 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5164 goto failed; 5165 } 5166 if( bHotJournal ){ 5167 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5168 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5169 goto failed; 5170 } 5171 5172 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5173 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5174 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5175 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5176 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5177 ** hot-journal back. 5178 ** 5179 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5180 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5181 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5182 ** on the database file. 5183 ** 5184 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5185 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5186 */ 5187 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5188 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5189 goto failed; 5190 } 5191 5192 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5193 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5194 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5195 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5196 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5197 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5198 ** 5199 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5200 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5201 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5202 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5203 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5204 */ 5205 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5206 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5207 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5208 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5209 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5210 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5211 int fout = 0; 5212 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5213 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5214 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5215 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5216 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5217 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5218 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5219 } 5220 } 5221 } 5222 5223 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5224 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5225 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5226 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5227 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5228 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5229 ** the journal before playing it back. 5230 */ 5231 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5232 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5233 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5234 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5235 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5236 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5237 } 5238 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5239 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5240 } 5241 5242 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5243 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5244 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5245 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5246 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5247 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5248 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5249 ** 5250 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5251 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5252 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5253 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5254 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5255 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5256 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5257 ** references. 5258 */ 5259 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5260 goto failed; 5261 } 5262 5263 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5264 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5265 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5266 ); 5267 } 5268 5269 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5270 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5271 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5272 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5273 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5274 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5275 ** 5276 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5277 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5278 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5279 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5280 ** a codec is in use. 5281 ** 5282 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5283 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5284 ** it can be neglected. 5285 */ 5286 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5287 5288 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5289 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5290 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5291 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5292 goto failed; 5293 } 5294 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5295 } 5296 5297 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5298 pager_reset(pPager); 5299 5300 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5301 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5302 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5303 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5304 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5305 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5306 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5307 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5308 } 5309 } 5310 } 5311 5312 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5313 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5314 */ 5315 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5316 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5317 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5318 #endif 5319 } 5320 5321 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5322 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5323 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5324 } 5325 5326 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5327 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5328 } 5329 5330 failed: 5331 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5332 assert( !MEMDB ); 5333 pager_unlock(pPager); 5334 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5335 }else{ 5336 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5337 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5338 } 5339 return rc; 5340 } 5341 5342 /* 5343 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5344 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5345 ** 5346 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5347 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5348 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5349 */ 5350 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5351 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5352 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5353 } 5354 } 5355 5356 /* 5357 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5358 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5359 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5360 ** 5361 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5362 ** on the current state of the pager. 5363 ** 5364 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5365 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5366 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5367 ** 5368 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5369 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5370 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5371 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5372 ** object with no outstanding references. 5373 ** 5374 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5375 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5376 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5377 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5378 ** 5379 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5380 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5381 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5382 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5383 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5384 ** 5385 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5386 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5387 ** 5388 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5389 ** 5390 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5391 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5392 ** from the savepoint journal. 5393 ** 5394 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5395 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5396 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5397 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5398 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5399 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5400 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5401 ** 5402 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5403 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5404 ** 5405 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5406 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5407 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5408 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5409 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5410 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5411 ** or journal files. 5412 */ 5413 static int getPageNormal( 5414 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5415 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5416 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5417 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5418 ){ 5419 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5420 PgHdr *pPg; 5421 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5422 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5423 5424 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5425 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5426 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5427 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5428 5429 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5430 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5431 if( pBase==0 ){ 5432 pPg = 0; 5433 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5434 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5435 if( pBase==0 ){ 5436 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5437 goto pager_acquire_err; 5438 } 5439 } 5440 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5441 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5442 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5443 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5444 5445 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5446 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5447 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5448 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5449 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5450 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5451 return SQLITE_OK; 5452 5453 }else{ 5454 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5455 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5456 ** 5457 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5458 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5459 */ 5460 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5461 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5462 goto pager_acquire_err; 5463 } 5464 5465 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5466 5467 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5468 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5469 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5470 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5471 goto pager_acquire_err; 5472 } 5473 if( noContent ){ 5474 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5475 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5476 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5477 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5478 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5479 */ 5480 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5481 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5482 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5483 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5484 } 5485 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5486 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5487 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5488 } 5489 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5490 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5491 }else{ 5492 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5493 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5494 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5495 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5496 } 5497 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5498 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5499 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5500 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5501 goto pager_acquire_err; 5502 } 5503 } 5504 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5505 } 5506 return SQLITE_OK; 5507 5508 pager_acquire_err: 5509 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5510 if( pPg ){ 5511 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5512 } 5513 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5514 *ppPage = 0; 5515 return rc; 5516 } 5517 5518 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5519 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5520 static int getPageMMap( 5521 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5522 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5523 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5524 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5525 ){ 5526 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5527 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5528 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5529 5530 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5531 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5532 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5533 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5534 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5535 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5536 ); 5537 5538 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5539 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5540 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5541 #endif 5542 5543 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5544 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5545 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5546 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5547 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5548 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5549 } 5550 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5551 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5552 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5553 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5554 5555 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5556 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5557 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5558 *ppPage = 0; 5559 return rc; 5560 } 5561 } 5562 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5563 void *pData = 0; 5564 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5565 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5566 ); 5567 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5568 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5569 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5570 } 5571 if( pPg==0 ){ 5572 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5573 }else{ 5574 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5575 } 5576 if( pPg ){ 5577 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5578 *ppPage = pPg; 5579 return SQLITE_OK; 5580 } 5581 } 5582 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5583 *ppPage = 0; 5584 return rc; 5585 } 5586 } 5587 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5588 } 5589 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5590 5591 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5592 static int getPageError( 5593 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5594 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5595 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5596 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5597 ){ 5598 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5599 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5600 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5601 *ppPage = 0; 5602 return pPager->errCode; 5603 } 5604 5605 5606 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5607 */ 5608 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5609 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5610 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5611 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5612 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5613 ){ 5614 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5615 } 5616 5617 /* 5618 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5619 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5620 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5621 ** 5622 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5623 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5624 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5625 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5626 ** has ever happened. 5627 */ 5628 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5629 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5630 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5631 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5632 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5633 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5634 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5635 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5636 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5637 } 5638 5639 /* 5640 ** Release a page reference. 5641 ** 5642 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5643 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5644 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5645 ** removed. 5646 */ 5647 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5648 Pager *pPager; 5649 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5650 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5651 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5652 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5653 }else{ 5654 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5655 } 5656 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5657 } 5658 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5659 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5660 } 5661 5662 /* 5663 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5664 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5665 ** file when this routine is called. 5666 ** 5667 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5668 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5669 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5670 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5671 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5672 ** 5673 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5674 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5675 ** already open file. 5676 ** 5677 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5678 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5679 ** 5680 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5681 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5682 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5683 */ 5684 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5685 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5686 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5687 5688 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5689 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5690 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5691 5692 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5693 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5694 ** an error state. */ 5695 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5696 5697 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5698 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5699 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5700 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5701 } 5702 5703 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5704 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5705 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5706 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5707 }else{ 5708 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5709 int nSpill; 5710 5711 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5712 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5713 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5714 }else{ 5715 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5716 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5717 } 5718 5719 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5720 ** it was originally opened. */ 5721 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5722 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5723 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5724 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5725 ); 5726 } 5727 } 5728 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5729 } 5730 5731 5732 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5733 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5734 */ 5735 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5736 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5737 pPager->nRec = 0; 5738 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5739 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5740 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5741 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5742 } 5743 } 5744 5745 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5746 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5747 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5748 }else{ 5749 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5750 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5751 } 5752 5753 return rc; 5754 } 5755 5756 /* 5757 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5758 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5759 ** 5760 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5761 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5762 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5763 ** functions need be called. 5764 ** 5765 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5766 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5767 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5768 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5769 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5770 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5771 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5772 */ 5773 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5774 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5775 5776 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5777 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5778 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5779 5780 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5781 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5782 5783 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5784 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5785 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5786 */ 5787 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5788 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5789 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5790 return rc; 5791 } 5792 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5793 } 5794 5795 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5796 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5797 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5798 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5799 */ 5800 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5801 }else{ 5802 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5803 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5804 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5805 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5806 */ 5807 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5808 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5809 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5810 } 5811 } 5812 5813 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5814 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5815 ** 5816 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5817 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5818 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5819 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5820 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5821 ** WAL mode. 5822 */ 5823 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5824 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5825 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5826 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5827 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5828 } 5829 5830 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5831 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5832 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5833 } 5834 5835 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5836 return rc; 5837 } 5838 5839 /* 5840 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5841 */ 5842 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5843 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5844 int rc; 5845 u32 cksum; 5846 char *pData2; 5847 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5848 5849 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5850 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5851 ** that we do not. */ 5852 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5853 5854 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5855 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5856 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5857 5858 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5859 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5860 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5861 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5862 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5863 ** then corruption may follow. 5864 */ 5865 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5866 5867 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5868 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5869 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5870 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5871 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5872 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5873 5874 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5875 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5876 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5877 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5878 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5879 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5880 5881 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5882 pPager->nRec++; 5883 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5884 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5885 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5886 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5887 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5888 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5889 return rc; 5890 } 5891 5892 /* 5893 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5894 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5895 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5896 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5897 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5898 */ 5899 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5900 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5901 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5902 5903 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5904 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5905 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5906 */ 5907 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5908 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5909 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5910 ); 5911 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5912 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5913 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5914 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5915 5916 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5917 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5918 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5919 ** 5920 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5921 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5922 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5923 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5924 */ 5925 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5926 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5927 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5928 } 5929 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5930 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5931 5932 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5933 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5934 5935 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5936 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5937 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5938 */ 5939 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5940 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5941 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5942 ){ 5943 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5944 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5945 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5946 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5947 return rc; 5948 } 5949 }else{ 5950 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5951 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5952 } 5953 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5954 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5955 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5956 } 5957 } 5958 5959 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5960 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5961 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5962 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5963 */ 5964 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5965 5966 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5967 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5968 */ 5969 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5970 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5971 } 5972 5973 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5974 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5975 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5976 } 5977 return rc; 5978 } 5979 5980 /* 5981 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5982 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5983 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5984 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5985 ** a write. 5986 ** 5987 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5988 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5989 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5990 */ 5991 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5992 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5993 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5994 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5995 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5996 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5997 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5998 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5999 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 6000 6001 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 6002 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 6003 ** this function. 6004 */ 6005 assert( !MEMDB ); 6006 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 6007 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6008 6009 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 6010 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 6011 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 6012 */ 6013 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 6014 6015 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 6016 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 6017 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 6018 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 6019 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 6020 }else{ 6021 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6022 } 6023 assert(nPage>0); 6024 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6025 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6026 6027 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6028 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6029 PgHdr *pPage; 6030 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6031 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6032 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6033 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6034 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6035 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6036 needSync = 1; 6037 } 6038 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6039 } 6040 } 6041 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6042 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6043 needSync = 1; 6044 } 6045 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6046 } 6047 } 6048 6049 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6050 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6051 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6052 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6053 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6054 */ 6055 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6056 assert( !MEMDB ); 6057 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6058 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6059 if( pPage ){ 6060 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6061 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6062 } 6063 } 6064 } 6065 6066 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6067 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6068 return rc; 6069 } 6070 6071 /* 6072 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6073 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6074 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6075 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6076 ** 6077 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6078 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6079 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6080 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6081 ** 6082 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6083 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6084 */ 6085 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6086 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6087 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6088 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6089 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6090 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6091 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6092 return SQLITE_OK; 6093 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6094 return pPager->errCode; 6095 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6096 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6097 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6098 }else{ 6099 return pager_write(pPg); 6100 } 6101 } 6102 6103 /* 6104 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6105 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6106 ** to change the content of the page. 6107 */ 6108 #ifndef NDEBUG 6109 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6110 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6111 } 6112 #endif 6113 6114 /* 6115 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6116 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6117 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6118 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6119 ** content no longer matters. 6120 ** 6121 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6122 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6123 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6124 ** 6125 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6126 ** DELETE operations. 6127 ** 6128 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6129 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6130 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6131 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6132 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6133 */ 6134 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6135 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6136 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6137 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6138 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6139 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6140 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6141 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6142 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6143 } 6144 } 6145 6146 /* 6147 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6148 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6149 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6150 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6151 ** 6152 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6153 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6154 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6155 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6156 ** 6157 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6158 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6159 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6160 ** transaction is committed. 6161 ** 6162 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6163 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6164 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6165 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6166 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6167 */ 6168 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6169 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6170 6171 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6172 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6173 ); 6174 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6175 6176 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6177 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6178 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6179 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6180 ** 6181 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6182 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6183 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6184 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6185 */ 6186 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6187 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6188 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6189 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6190 #else 6191 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6192 #endif 6193 6194 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6195 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6196 6197 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6198 6199 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6200 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6201 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6202 6203 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6204 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6205 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6206 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6207 */ 6208 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6209 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6210 } 6211 6212 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6213 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6214 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6215 6216 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6217 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6218 const void *zBuf; 6219 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6220 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6221 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6222 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6223 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6224 } 6225 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6226 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6227 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6228 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6229 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6230 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6231 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6232 } 6233 }else{ 6234 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6235 } 6236 } 6237 6238 /* Release the page reference. */ 6239 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6240 } 6241 return rc; 6242 } 6243 6244 /* 6245 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6246 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6247 ** 6248 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6249 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6250 */ 6251 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6252 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6253 6254 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6255 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6256 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6257 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6258 } 6259 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6260 assert( !MEMDB ); 6261 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6262 } 6263 return rc; 6264 } 6265 6266 /* 6267 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6268 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6269 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6270 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6271 ** 6272 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6273 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6274 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6275 ** returned. 6276 */ 6277 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6278 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6279 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6280 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6281 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6282 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6283 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6284 ); 6285 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6286 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6287 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6288 } 6289 } 6290 return rc; 6291 } 6292 6293 /* 6294 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6295 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6296 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6297 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6298 ** 6299 ** This routine ensures that: 6300 ** 6301 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6302 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6303 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6304 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6305 ** * the database file synced. 6306 ** 6307 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6308 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6309 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6310 ** 6311 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6312 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6313 ** 6314 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6315 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6316 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6317 ** journal file in this case. 6318 */ 6319 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6320 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6321 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6322 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6323 ){ 6324 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6325 6326 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6327 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6328 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6329 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6330 ); 6331 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6332 6333 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6334 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6335 6336 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6337 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6338 6339 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6340 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6341 6342 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6343 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6344 6345 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6346 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6347 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6348 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6349 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6350 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6351 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6352 }else{ 6353 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6354 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6355 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6356 if( pList==0 ){ 6357 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6358 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6359 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6360 pList = pPageOne; 6361 pList->pDirty = 0; 6362 } 6363 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6364 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6365 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6366 } 6367 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6368 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6369 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6370 } 6371 }else{ 6372 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method 6373 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write 6374 ** is enabled. 6375 */ 6376 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 6377 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6378 const int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ 6379 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 6380 && !pPager->noSync 6381 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); 6382 #else 6383 # define bBatch 0 6384 #endif 6385 6386 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6387 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6388 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6389 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6390 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6391 ** 6392 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6393 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6394 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6395 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6396 ** 6397 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6398 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6399 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6400 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6401 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6402 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6403 ** mode. 6404 ** 6405 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6406 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6407 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6408 ** created for this transaction. 6409 */ 6410 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6411 PgHdr *pPg; 6412 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6413 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6414 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6415 ); 6416 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6417 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6418 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6419 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6420 ){ 6421 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6422 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6423 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6424 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6425 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6426 */ 6427 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6428 }else{ 6429 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6430 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6431 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6432 } 6433 } 6434 } 6435 #else 6436 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6437 if( zMaster ){ 6438 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6439 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6440 } 6441 #endif 6442 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6443 #endif 6444 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6445 6446 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6447 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6448 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6449 */ 6450 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6451 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6452 6453 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6454 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6455 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6456 ** 6457 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6458 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6459 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6460 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6461 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6462 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6463 */ 6464 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6465 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6466 6467 if( bBatch ){ 6468 /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens 6469 ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would 6470 ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen. */ 6471 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6472 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6473 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6474 } 6475 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6476 if( bBatch ){ 6477 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6478 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6479 }else{ 6480 sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6481 } 6482 } 6483 6484 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6485 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6486 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6487 } 6488 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6489 6490 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6491 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6492 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6493 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6494 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6495 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6496 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6497 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6498 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6499 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6500 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6501 } 6502 6503 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6504 if( !noSync ){ 6505 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6506 } 6507 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6508 } 6509 } 6510 6511 commit_phase_one_exit: 6512 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6513 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6514 } 6515 return rc; 6516 } 6517 6518 6519 /* 6520 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6521 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6522 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6523 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6524 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6525 ** 6526 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6527 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6528 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6529 ** irrevocably committed. 6530 ** 6531 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6532 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6533 */ 6534 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6535 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6536 6537 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6538 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6539 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6540 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6541 6542 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6543 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6544 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6545 ); 6546 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6547 6548 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6549 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6550 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6551 ** 6552 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6553 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6554 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6555 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6556 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6557 ** to drop any locks either. 6558 */ 6559 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6560 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6561 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6562 ){ 6563 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6564 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6565 return SQLITE_OK; 6566 } 6567 6568 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6569 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6570 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6571 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6572 } 6573 6574 /* 6575 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6576 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6577 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6578 ** state if an error occurs. 6579 ** 6580 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6581 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6582 ** 6583 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6584 ** 6585 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6586 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6587 ** was opened, and 6588 ** 6589 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6590 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6591 ** 6592 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6593 ** rollback is successful. 6594 ** 6595 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6596 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6597 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6598 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6599 */ 6600 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6601 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6602 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6603 6604 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6605 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6606 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6607 */ 6608 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6609 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6610 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6611 6612 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6613 int rc2; 6614 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6615 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6616 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6617 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6618 int eState = pPager->eState; 6619 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6620 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6621 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6622 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6623 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6624 */ 6625 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6626 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6627 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6628 return rc; 6629 } 6630 }else{ 6631 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6632 } 6633 6634 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6635 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6636 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6637 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6638 ); 6639 6640 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6641 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6642 */ 6643 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6644 } 6645 6646 /* 6647 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6648 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6649 */ 6650 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6651 return pPager->readOnly; 6652 } 6653 6654 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6655 /* 6656 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6657 */ 6658 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6659 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6660 } 6661 #endif 6662 6663 /* 6664 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6665 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6666 */ 6667 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6668 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6669 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6670 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6671 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6672 + pPager->pageSize; 6673 } 6674 6675 /* 6676 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6677 */ 6678 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6679 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6680 } 6681 6682 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6683 /* 6684 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6685 */ 6686 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6687 static int a[11]; 6688 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6689 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6690 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6691 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6692 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6693 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6694 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6695 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6696 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6697 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6698 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6699 return a; 6700 } 6701 #endif 6702 6703 /* 6704 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6705 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6706 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6707 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6708 ** returning. 6709 */ 6710 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6711 6712 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6713 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6714 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6715 ); 6716 6717 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6718 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6719 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6720 6721 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6722 if( reset ){ 6723 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6724 } 6725 } 6726 6727 /* 6728 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6729 */ 6730 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6731 return pPager->tempFile; 6732 } 6733 6734 /* 6735 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6736 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6737 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6738 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6739 ** 6740 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6741 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6742 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6743 */ 6744 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6745 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6746 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6747 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6748 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6749 6750 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6751 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6752 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6753 6754 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6755 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6756 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6757 */ 6758 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6759 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6760 ); 6761 if( !aNew ){ 6762 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6763 } 6764 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6765 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6766 6767 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6768 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6769 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6770 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6771 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6772 }else{ 6773 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6774 } 6775 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6776 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6777 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6778 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6779 } 6780 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6781 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6782 } 6783 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6784 } 6785 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6786 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6787 return rc; 6788 } 6789 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6790 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6791 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6792 6793 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6794 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6795 }else{ 6796 return SQLITE_OK; 6797 } 6798 } 6799 6800 6801 /* 6802 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6803 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6804 ** created savepoint. 6805 ** 6806 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6807 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6808 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6809 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6810 ** 6811 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6812 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6813 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6814 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6815 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6816 ** 6817 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6818 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6819 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6820 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6821 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6822 ** 6823 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6824 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6825 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6826 ** 6827 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6828 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6829 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6830 */ 6831 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6832 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6833 6834 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6835 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6836 #endif 6837 6838 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6839 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6840 6841 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6842 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6843 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6844 6845 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6846 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6847 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6848 */ 6849 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6850 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6851 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6852 } 6853 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6854 6855 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6856 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6857 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6858 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6859 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6860 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6861 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6862 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6863 } 6864 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6865 } 6866 } 6867 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6868 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6869 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6870 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6871 */ 6872 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6873 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6874 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6875 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6876 } 6877 6878 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6879 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6880 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6881 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6882 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6883 else if( 6884 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6885 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6886 ){ 6887 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6888 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6889 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6890 } 6891 #endif 6892 } 6893 6894 return rc; 6895 } 6896 6897 /* 6898 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6899 ** 6900 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6901 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6902 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6903 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6904 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6905 ** participate in shared-cache. 6906 */ 6907 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6908 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6909 } 6910 6911 /* 6912 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6913 */ 6914 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6915 return pPager->pVfs; 6916 } 6917 6918 /* 6919 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6920 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6921 ** not yet been opened. 6922 */ 6923 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6924 return pPager->fd; 6925 } 6926 6927 /* 6928 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6929 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6930 */ 6931 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6932 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6933 return pPager->jfd; 6934 #else 6935 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6936 #endif 6937 } 6938 6939 /* 6940 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6941 */ 6942 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6943 return pPager->zJournal; 6944 } 6945 6946 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6947 /* 6948 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6949 */ 6950 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6951 Pager *pPager, 6952 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6953 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6954 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6955 void *pCodec 6956 ){ 6957 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6958 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6959 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6960 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6961 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6962 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6963 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6964 } 6965 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6966 return pPager->pCodec; 6967 } 6968 6969 /* 6970 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6971 ** into the log file. 6972 ** 6973 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6974 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6975 */ 6976 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6977 void *aData = 0; 6978 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6979 return aData; 6980 } 6981 6982 /* 6983 ** Return the current pager state 6984 */ 6985 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6986 return pPager->eState; 6987 } 6988 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6989 6990 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6991 /* 6992 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6993 ** 6994 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6995 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6996 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6997 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6998 ** 6999 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 7000 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 7001 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 7002 ** 7003 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 7004 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 7005 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 7006 ** transaction is active). 7007 ** 7008 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 7009 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 7010 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 7011 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 7012 ** 7013 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 7014 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 7015 */ 7016 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 7017 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 7018 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 7019 int rc; /* Return code */ 7020 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 7021 7022 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 7023 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 7024 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 7025 ); 7026 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7027 7028 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 7029 ** the page we are moving from. 7030 */ 7031 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 7032 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7033 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 7034 if( rc ) return rc; 7035 } 7036 7037 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 7038 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 7039 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 7040 ** 7041 ** BEGIN; 7042 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 7043 ** SAVEPOINT one; 7044 ** <Move page X to location Y> 7045 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 7046 ** 7047 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 7048 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 7049 ** statement were is processed. 7050 ** 7051 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 7052 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 7053 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 7054 */ 7055 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 7056 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 7057 ){ 7058 return rc; 7059 } 7060 7061 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7062 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7063 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7064 7065 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7066 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7067 ** 7068 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7069 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7070 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7071 */ 7072 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7073 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7074 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7075 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7076 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7077 } 7078 7079 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7080 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7081 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7082 ** for the page moved there. 7083 */ 7084 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7085 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7086 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 7087 if( pPgOld ){ 7088 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7089 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7090 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7091 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7092 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7093 }else{ 7094 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7095 } 7096 } 7097 7098 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7099 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7100 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7101 7102 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7103 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7104 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7105 */ 7106 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7107 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7108 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7109 } 7110 7111 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7112 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7113 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7114 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7115 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7116 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7117 ** flag. 7118 ** 7119 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7120 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7121 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7122 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7123 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7124 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7125 */ 7126 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7127 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7128 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7129 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7130 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7131 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7132 } 7133 return rc; 7134 } 7135 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7136 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7137 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7138 } 7139 7140 return SQLITE_OK; 7141 } 7142 #endif 7143 7144 /* 7145 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7146 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7147 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7148 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7149 */ 7150 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7151 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7152 pPg->flags = flags; 7153 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7154 } 7155 7156 /* 7157 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7158 */ 7159 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7160 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7161 return pPg->pData; 7162 } 7163 7164 /* 7165 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7166 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7167 */ 7168 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7169 return pPg->pExtra; 7170 } 7171 7172 /* 7173 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7174 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7175 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7176 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7177 ** 7178 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7179 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7180 ** locking-mode. 7181 */ 7182 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7183 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7184 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7185 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7186 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7187 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7188 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7189 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7190 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7191 } 7192 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7193 } 7194 7195 /* 7196 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7197 ** 7198 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7199 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7200 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7201 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7202 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7203 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7204 ** 7205 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7206 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7207 ** 7208 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7209 ** or _MEMORY. 7210 ** 7211 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7212 ** 7213 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7214 */ 7215 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7216 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7217 7218 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7219 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7220 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7221 print_pager_state(pPager); 7222 #endif 7223 7224 7225 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7226 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7227 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7228 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7229 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7230 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7231 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7232 7233 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7234 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7235 ** to WAL mode. 7236 */ 7237 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7238 7239 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7240 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7241 */ 7242 if( MEMDB ){ 7243 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7244 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7245 eMode = eOld; 7246 } 7247 } 7248 7249 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7250 7251 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7252 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7253 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7254 7255 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7256 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7257 ** delete the journal file. 7258 */ 7259 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7260 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7261 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7262 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7263 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7264 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7265 7266 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7267 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7268 7269 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7270 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7271 ** here is an optimization only. 7272 ** 7273 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7274 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7275 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7276 */ 7277 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7278 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7279 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7280 }else{ 7281 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7282 int state = pPager->eState; 7283 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7284 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7285 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7286 } 7287 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7288 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7289 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7290 } 7291 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7292 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7293 } 7294 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7295 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7296 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7297 pager_unlock(pPager); 7298 } 7299 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7300 } 7301 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7302 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7303 } 7304 } 7305 7306 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7307 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7308 } 7309 7310 /* 7311 ** Return the current journal mode. 7312 */ 7313 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7314 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7315 } 7316 7317 /* 7318 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7319 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7320 ** is unmodified. 7321 */ 7322 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7323 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7324 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7325 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7326 return 1; 7327 } 7328 7329 /* 7330 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7331 ** 7332 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7333 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7334 */ 7335 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7336 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7337 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7338 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7339 } 7340 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7341 } 7342 7343 /* 7344 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7345 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7346 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7347 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7348 */ 7349 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7350 return &pPager->pBackup; 7351 } 7352 7353 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7354 /* 7355 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7356 */ 7357 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7358 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7359 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7360 } 7361 #endif 7362 7363 7364 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7365 /* 7366 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7367 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7368 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7369 ** 7370 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7371 */ 7372 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7373 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7374 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7375 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7376 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7377 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7378 ){ 7379 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7380 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7381 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7382 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7383 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7384 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7385 pnLog, pnCkpt 7386 ); 7387 } 7388 return rc; 7389 } 7390 7391 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7392 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7393 } 7394 7395 /* 7396 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7397 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7398 */ 7399 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7400 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7401 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7402 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7403 } 7404 7405 /* 7406 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7407 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7408 */ 7409 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7410 int rc; /* Return code */ 7411 7412 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7413 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7414 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7415 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7416 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7417 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7418 } 7419 7420 return rc; 7421 } 7422 7423 /* 7424 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7425 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7426 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7427 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7428 */ 7429 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7430 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7431 7432 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7433 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7434 7435 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7436 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7437 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7438 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7439 */ 7440 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7441 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7442 } 7443 7444 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7445 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7446 */ 7447 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7448 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7449 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7450 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7451 ); 7452 } 7453 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7454 7455 return rc; 7456 } 7457 7458 7459 /* 7460 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7461 ** this function. 7462 ** 7463 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7464 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7465 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7466 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7467 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7468 ** not modified in either case. 7469 ** 7470 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7471 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7472 ** without doing anything. 7473 */ 7474 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7475 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7476 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7477 ){ 7478 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7479 7480 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7481 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7482 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7483 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7484 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7485 7486 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7487 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7488 7489 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7490 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7491 7492 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7493 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7494 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7495 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7496 } 7497 }else{ 7498 *pbOpen = 1; 7499 } 7500 7501 return rc; 7502 } 7503 7504 /* 7505 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7506 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7507 ** 7508 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7509 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7510 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7511 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7512 */ 7513 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7514 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7515 7516 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7517 7518 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7519 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7520 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7521 */ 7522 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7523 int logexists = 0; 7524 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7525 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7526 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7527 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7528 ); 7529 } 7530 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7531 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7532 } 7533 } 7534 7535 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7536 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7537 */ 7538 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7539 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7540 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7541 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7542 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7543 pPager->pWal = 0; 7544 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7545 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7546 } 7547 } 7548 return rc; 7549 } 7550 7551 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7552 /* 7553 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7554 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7555 */ 7556 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7557 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7558 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7559 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7560 } 7561 return rc; 7562 } 7563 7564 /* 7565 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7566 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7567 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7568 */ 7569 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7570 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7571 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7572 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7573 }else{ 7574 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7575 } 7576 return rc; 7577 } 7578 7579 /* 7580 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7581 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7582 */ 7583 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7584 int rc; 7585 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7586 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7587 }else{ 7588 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7589 } 7590 return rc; 7591 } 7592 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7593 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7594 7595 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7596 /* 7597 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7598 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7599 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7600 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7601 ** is empty, return 0. 7602 */ 7603 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7604 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7605 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7606 } 7607 #endif 7608 7609 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7610